blob: 3174b18d9a894737bccd47c0aaa1943ed4c974bb [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
38the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
39scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
40companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000041
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050042Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
43actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
44from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000045
46 make CHANGELOG
47
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000048
49Where to get help:
50==================
51
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000052In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050053U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050054<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
55on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
56Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
57http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000058
59
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010060Where to get source code:
61=========================
62
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050063The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010064git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
65http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
66
67The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020068any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
70directory.
71
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010072Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010073ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
74
75
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000076Where we come from:
77===================
78
79- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000080- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000081- clean up code
82- make it easier to add custom boards
83- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
84- extend functions, especially:
85 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
86 * S-Record download
87 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020088 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020092- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000093
94
95Names and Spelling:
96===================
97
98The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
99"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
100in source files etc.). Example:
101
102 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
103
104File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
105
106 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
107
108 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
109
110Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
111the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
112
113 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
114 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000115
116
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000117Versioning:
118===========
119
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200120Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
121were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
122into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
123names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
124Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
125releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000128 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
Jelle van der Waa0de21ec2016-10-30 17:30:30 +0100130 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candidate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131
132
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000133Directory Hierarchy:
134====================
135
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900137 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500140 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500143 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000144 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400146 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200147 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500148 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400151 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500152/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
153/board Board dependent files
Xu Ziyuan740f7e52016-08-26 19:54:49 +0800154/cmd U-Boot commands functions
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500155/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500156/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
158/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
159/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400160/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500161/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
162/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
163/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500164/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
165/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500166/net Networking code
167/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500168/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
169/test Various unit test files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500170/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000171
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000172Software Configuration:
173=======================
174
175Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
176rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
177
178There are two classes of configuration variables:
179
180* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
181 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
182 "CONFIG_".
183
184* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
185 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
186 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200187 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000188
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500189Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
190symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
191U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
192allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
193build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000194
195
196Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
197---------------------------------------------------
198
199For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200200configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000201
202Example: For a TQM823L module type:
203
204 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200205 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000206
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500207Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
208you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
209doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000210
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600211Sandbox Environment:
212--------------------
213
214U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
215board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
216specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
217run some of U-Boot's tests.
218
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530219See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600220
221
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700222Board Initialisation Flow:
223--------------------------
224
225This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500226SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700227
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500228Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
229more detail later in this file.
230
231At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
232and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
233may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
234CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
235
236Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
237CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
238
239 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
240 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
241 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
242
243and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
244limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700245
246lowlevel_init():
247 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
248 - no global_data or BSS
249 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
250 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
251 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
252 board_init_f()
253 - this is almost never needed
254 - return normally from this function
255
256board_init_f():
257 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
258 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
259 - global_data is available
260 - stack is in SRAM
261 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
262 only stack variables and global_data
263
264 Non-SPL-specific notes:
265 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
266 can do nothing
267
268 SPL-specific notes:
269 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
270 version as needed.
271 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
272 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
273 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
274 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
275 directly)
276
277Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
278this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
279CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
280memory.
281
282board_init_r():
283 - purpose: main execution, common code
284 - global_data is available
285 - SDRAM is available
286 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
287 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
288
289 Non-SPL-specific notes:
290 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
291 there.
292
293 SPL-specific notes:
294 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
295 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
296 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
297 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
298 spl_board_init() function containing this call
299 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
300
301
302
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000303Configuration Options:
304----------------------
305
306Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
307such information is kept in a configuration file
308"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
309
310Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
311"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
312
313
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000314Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
315kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
316build a config tool - later.
317
318
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000319The following options need to be configured:
320
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500321- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500323- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200324
325- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100326 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000327
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530328- Marvell Family Member
329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
330 multiple fs option at one time
331 for marvell soc family
332
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200333- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000334 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
335 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000336 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
337 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
339 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000341- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200342 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
343 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000344 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000345 See doc/README.MPC866
346
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200347 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000348
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000349 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
350 of relying on the correctness of the configured
351 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
352 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
353 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200354 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000355
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100356 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
357
358 Define this option if you want to enable the
359 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
360
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600361- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000362 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
363
364 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
365 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
366 compliance, among other possible reasons.
367
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
369
370 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
371 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
372 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
373
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500374 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
375
376 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
377 tree nodes for the given platform.
378
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000379 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
380
381 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
382 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
383 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
384
385 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
387
388 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
389 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
390
391 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
392 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
393 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
394 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
395
396 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
397 this erratum.
398
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530399 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
400 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800401 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530402
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530403 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
404 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800405 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530406
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000407 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
408
409 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
410 according to the A004510 workaround.
411
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530412 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
413 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
414 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
415
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530416 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
417 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
418 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
419
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530420 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
421 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
422 connected to the DSP core.
423
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530424 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
425 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
426
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530427 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
428 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
429 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
430 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
431
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530432 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
433 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Menga1875592016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800434 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530435
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800436 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800437 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800438 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
439
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000440- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700441 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
442 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
443 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
444 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
445 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
446
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000447 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
448
449 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
450 values is arch specific.
451
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700452 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
453 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
454 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
455 SoCs.
456
457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
458 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
459
460 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
461 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
462 deskew training are not available.
463
464 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
465 Freescale DDR1 controller.
466
467 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
468 Freescale DDR2 controller.
469
470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
471 Freescale DDR3 controller.
472
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700473 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
474 Freescale DDR4 controller.
475
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700476 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
477 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
478
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
480 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
481 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
482 implemetation.
483
484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
Robert P. J. Day62a3b7d2016-07-15 13:44:45 -0400485 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700486 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
487 implementation.
488
489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
490 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700491 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
492
493 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
494 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
495 DDR3L controllers.
496
497 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
498 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
499 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700500
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530501 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
502 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
503
504 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
505 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
506
Prabhakar Kushwaha1c407072017-02-02 15:01:26 +0530507 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV
508 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to IFC controller).
509
Prabhakar Kushwahaadd63f92017-02-02 15:02:00 +0530510 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_LBC_CLK_DIV
511 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to eLBC controller).
512
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530513 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
514 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
515 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
516
517 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
518 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
519 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
520 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
521
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530522 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
523 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
524 concatenated with u-boot binary.
525
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800526 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
527 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
528
529 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
530 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
531
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800532 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
533 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
534 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
535 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
536
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800537 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
538 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
539 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
540 SoCs with ARM core.
541
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700542 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
543 Number of controllers used as main memory.
544
545 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
546 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
547
Prabhakar Kushwaha44937212015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530548 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
549 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
550
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530551 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
552 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
553
554 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
555 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
556
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200557- MIPS CPU options:
558 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
559
560 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
561 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
562 relocation.
563
564 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
565
566 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
567 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
568 Possible values are:
569 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
570 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
571 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
572 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
573 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
574 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
575 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
576 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
577
578 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
579
580 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
581 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
582
583 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
584
585 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
586 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
587 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
588
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000589- ARM options:
590 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
591
592 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
593 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
594
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000595 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
596
597 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
598 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
599 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
600 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
601 GCC.
602
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700603 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
604 Generic timer clock source frequency.
605
606 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
607 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
608 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
609 at run time.
610
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700611- Tegra SoC options:
612 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
613
614 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
615 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
616 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
617
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000618- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000619 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
620
621 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
622 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
623 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
624 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
625 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
626 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
627 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000628 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100629 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000630 default environment.
631
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000632 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
633
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800634 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000635 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
636 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
637
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400638 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200639
640 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400641 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
642 concepts).
643
644 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
645 * New libfdt-based support
646 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500647 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400648
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200649 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
650 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
651 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
652 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200653 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600654 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200655
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200656 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
657 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500658
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600659 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
660
661 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
662 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000663
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600664 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
665
666 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
667 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
668 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
669 the kernel.
670
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200671 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
672
673 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
674 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
675 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
676 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
677 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
678 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
679
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000680 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
681
682 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
683 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
684 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
685 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
686 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
687 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
688 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
689
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100690- vxWorks boot parameters:
691
692 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Meng9e98b7e2015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700693 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
694 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100695 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
696
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100697 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
698 the defaults discussed just above.
699
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000700- Cache Configuration:
701 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
702 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
703 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
704
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000705- Cache Configuration for ARM:
706 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
707 controller
708 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
709 controller register space
710
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000711- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200712 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000713
714 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
715
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200716 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000717
718 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
719
720 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
721
722 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
723 the clock speed of the UARTs.
724
725 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
726
727 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
728 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
729 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
730
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400731 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
732
733 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
734 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000735
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000736- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000737 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
738 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
739 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
740 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000741
742 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
743 port routines must be defined elsewhere
744 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
745
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000746- Console Baudrate:
747 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
748 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200749 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
750 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000751
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100752- Console Rx buffer length
753 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
754 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100755 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100756 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
757 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
758 the SMC.
759
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000760- Autoboot Command:
761 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
762 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
763 define a command string that is automatically executed
764 when no character is read on the console interface
765 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
766
767 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000768 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
769 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
770 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000771
772 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000773 The value of these goes into the environment as
774 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
775 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200776 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000777
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100778- Bootcount:
779 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
780 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
781 cycle, see:
782 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
783
784 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
785 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
786 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
787 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
788 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
789 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
790 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
791 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
792 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
793
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000794- Pre-Boot Commands:
795 CONFIG_PREBOOT
796
797 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
798 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
799 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
800 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
801 entering interactive mode.
802
803 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
804 automatically generated or modified. For an example
805 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
806 modified when the user holds down a certain
807 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
808 booting the systems
809
810- Serial Download Echo Mode:
811 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
812 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
813 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
814 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
815 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
816 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
817 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
818
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500819- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000820 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
821 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200822 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000823
824- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500825 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
826 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000827 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
Joe Hershbergeref0f2f52015-06-22 16:15:30 -0500828 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000829
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500830 The default command configuration includes all commands
831 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000832
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100833 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500834 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500835 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
836 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
837 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
838 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
839 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rinid2b2ffe2014-08-14 06:42:36 -0400840 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500841 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800842 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500843 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500844 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500845 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
846 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
847 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600848 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
849 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
850 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
851 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500852 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
853 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500854 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500855 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
Nikita Kiryanovaa9e6042016-04-16 17:55:03 +0300856 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM_LAYOUT* EEPROM layout aware commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500857 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600858 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600859 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500860 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500861 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000862 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
863 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700864 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
865 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner59e890e2014-11-12 14:35:04 +0100866 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500867 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500868 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000869 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500870 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
871 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200872 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000873 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500874 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000875 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000876 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500877 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
878 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
879 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000880 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200881 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500882 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -0600883 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500884 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000885 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500886 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
887 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
888 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
889 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200890 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000891 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
892 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500893 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
894 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200895 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400896 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000897 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500898 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000899 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200900 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500901 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
902 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
903 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100904 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500905 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
906 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200907 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600908 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000909 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500910 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
911 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
912 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
913 host
914 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000915 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500916 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
917 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000918 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500919 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -0600920 CONFIG_SCSI * SCSI Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500921 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
922 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
923 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
924 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700925 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200926 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400927 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800928 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200929 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500930 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000931 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000932 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000933 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
934 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500935 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500936 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000937 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200938 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +0200939 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000940
941 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
942 support you can write:
943
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500944 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
945 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000946
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400947 Other Commands:
948 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000949
950 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500951 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000952 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
953 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
954 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
955 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
956 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
957 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000958
959
960 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
961
Simon Glass302a6482016-03-13 19:07:28 -0600962- Removal of commands
963 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
964 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
965 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
966 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
967 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
968 simple boot procedures.
969
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000970- Regular expression support:
971 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200972 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
973 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
974 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
975 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000976
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000977- Device tree:
978 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
979 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
980 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
981 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
982 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
983 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
984
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000985 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
986 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000987
988 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
989 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
990 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
991 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
992 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
993 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000994
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000995 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
996 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
997 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
998 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
999
1000 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1001
1002 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1003 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1004 still use the individual files if you need something more
1005 exotic.
1006
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001007- Watchdog:
1008 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1009 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001010 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1011 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1012 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1013 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1014 available, then no further board specific code should
1015 be needed to use it.
1016
1017 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1018 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1019 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1020 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001021
Heiko Schocher7bae0d62015-01-21 08:38:22 +01001022 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1023 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1024
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001025- U-Boot Version:
1026 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1027 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1028 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1029 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001030 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1031 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001032
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001033- Real-Time Clock:
1034
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001035 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001036 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1037 following options:
1038
1039 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1040 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001041 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001042 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001043 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001044 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001045 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001046 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001047 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001048 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001049 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001050 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001051 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1052 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001053
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001054 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1055 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1056
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001057- GPIO Support:
1058 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001059
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001060 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1061 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1062 pins supported by a particular chip.
1063
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001064 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1065 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1066
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001067- I/O tracing:
1068 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1069 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1070 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1071 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1072 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1073 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1074 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1075 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1076
1077 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1078 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1079 still continue to operate.
1080
1081 iotrace is enabled
1082 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1083 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1084 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1085 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1086 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1087 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1088
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001089- Timestamp Support:
1090
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001091 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1092 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1093 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001094 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001095
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001096- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1097 Zero or more of the following:
1098 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1099 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1100 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1101 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1102 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1103 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1104 disk/part_efi.c
1105 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001106
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001107 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -06001108 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001109 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001110
1111- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001112 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1113 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001114
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001115 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1116 be performed by calling the function
1117 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1118 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001119
1120- ATAPI Support:
1121 CONFIG_ATAPI
1122
1123 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1124
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001125- LBA48 Support
1126 CONFIG_LBA48
1127
1128 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001129 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001130 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1131 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1132
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001133 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001134 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1135 Default is 32bit.
1136
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001137- SCSI Support:
1138 At the moment only there is only support for the
1139 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1140 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1141
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001142 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1143 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1144 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001145 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1146 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001147 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001148
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001149 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1150 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001151
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001152- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001153 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001154 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1155
1156 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1157 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1158 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1159 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1160
1161 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1162 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1163 example with the "sspi" command.
1164
1165 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1166 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1167 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001168
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001169 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1170 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001171 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001172 write routine for first time initialisation.
1173
1174 CONFIG_TULIP
1175 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1176 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1177 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1178
1179 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1180 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1181
1182 CONFIG_NS8382X
1183 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1184
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001185- NETWORK Support (other):
1186
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001187 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1188 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1189
1190 CONFIG_RMII
1191 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1192
1193 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1194 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1195 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1196
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001197 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1198 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1199
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001200 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001201 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1202
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001203 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1204 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1205
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001206 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001207 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1208
1209 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1210 Define this to hold the physical address
1211 of the device (I/O space)
1212
1213 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1214 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1215
1216 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1217 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1218 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1219
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001220 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1221 Support for davinci emac
1222
1223 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1224 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1225
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001226 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1227 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1228
1229 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1230 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1231 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1232 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1233 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1234 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1235 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1236 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1237
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001238 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001239 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1240
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001241 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001242 Define this to hold the physical address
1243 of the device (I/O space)
1244
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001245 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001246 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1247
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001248 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001249 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1250 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001251 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001252
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001253 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1254 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1255
1256 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1257 Define the number of ports to be used
1258
1259 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1260 Define the ETH PHY's address
1261
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001262 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1263 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1264
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001265- PWM Support:
1266 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
Robert P. J. Day5052e812016-09-13 08:35:18 -04001267 Support for PWM module on the imx6.
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001268
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001269- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001270 CONFIG_TPM
1271 Support TPM devices.
1272
Christophe Ricard0766ad22015-10-06 22:54:41 +02001273 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1274 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001275 per system is supported at this time.
1276
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001277 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1278 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1279
Christophe Ricard3aa74082016-01-21 23:27:13 +01001280 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
1281 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
1282
1283 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
1284 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
1285 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
1286
Christophe Ricardb75fdc12016-01-21 23:27:14 +01001287 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
1288 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
1289 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
1290
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001291 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1292 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1293
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001294 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001295 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1296 per system is supported at this time.
1297
1298 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1299 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1300 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1301 0xfed40000.
1302
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001303 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1304 Add tpm monitor functions.
1305 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1306 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1307
1308 CONFIG_TPM
1309 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1310 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1311 Requires support for a TPM device.
1312
1313 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1314 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1315 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1316
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001317- USB Support:
1318 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001319 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001320 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1321 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001322 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001323 storage devices.
1324 Note:
1325 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1326 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001327 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1328 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1329 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001330 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1331 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001332 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1333 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1334 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001335 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1336 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001337 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001338 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1339 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001340
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001341 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1342 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1343
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001344 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1345 HW module registers.
1346
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001347- USB Device:
1348 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1349 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1350 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001351 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001352 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1353 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001354 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001355 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1356 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1357 a Linux host by
1358 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1359 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1360 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1361 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001362
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001363 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1364 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001365
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001366 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1367 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1368 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001369
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301370 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1371 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1372 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1373 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1374 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1375 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1376 speed.
1377
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001378 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001379 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1380 be set to usbtty.
1381
1382 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001383 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001384 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001385 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001386
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001387 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001388 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001389 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001390 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1391 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1392 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1393
1394 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1395 Define this string as the name of your company for
1396 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001397
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001398 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1399 Define this string as the name of your product
1400 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1401
1402 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1403 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1404 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1405 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1406 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001407
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001408 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1409 Define this as the unique Product ID
1410 for your device
1411 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001412
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001413- ULPI Layer Support:
1414 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1415 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1416 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1417 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1418 viewport is supported.
1419 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1420 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001421 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1422 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1423 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001424
1425- MMC Support:
1426 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1427 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1428 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1429 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001430 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1431 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001432
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001433 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1434 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1435
1436 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1437 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1438
1439 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1440 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1441
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001442 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1443 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1444
1445 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1446 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1447 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1448
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001449- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Paul Kocialkowski01acd6a2015-06-12 19:56:58 +02001450 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001451 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1452
1453 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1454 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1455 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1456 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1457 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1458
1459 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1460 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1461
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001462 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1463 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1464
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301465 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1466 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1467 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1468 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1469 one that would help mostly the developer.
1470
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001471 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1472 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1473 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1474 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1475 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1476
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001477 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1478 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1479 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1480 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1481 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1482 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1483
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001484 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1485 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1486 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1487 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1488
1489 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1490 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1491 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1492 sending again an USB request to the device.
1493
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001494- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
Paul Kocialkowski17da3c02015-06-12 19:56:59 +02001495 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT
1496 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget
1497
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001498 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1499 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1500 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1501 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1502 used on Android devices.
1503 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1504
1505 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1506 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1507 image format header.
1508
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001509 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001510 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1511 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1512 downloaded images.
1513
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001514 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001515 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1516 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1517 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1518
Steve Raed1b5ed02014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001519 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1520 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1521 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1522 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1523
1524 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1525 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1526 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1527 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1528
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001529 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1530 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1531 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1532 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1533 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1534 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1535 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
Petr Kulhavy6f6c8632016-09-09 10:27:18 +02001536 The default is "gpt" if undefined.
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001537
Petr Kulhavyb6dd69a2016-09-09 10:27:16 +02001538 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_MBR_NAME
1539 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1540 image to DOS MBR.
1541 This occurs when the "partition name" specified on the
1542 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1543 If not defined the default value "mbr" is used.
1544
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001545- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
Simon Glassb2482df2016-10-02 18:00:59 -06001546 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001547 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1548
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001549 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1550 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001551 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1552
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001553- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1554 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001555
1556 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1557 file in FAT formatted partition.
1558
1559 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1560 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001561
Alexander von Gernleredb42db2016-10-07 19:44:14 +02001562- CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support:
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001563 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1564
1565 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1566 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1567 and cbfsload.
1568
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu4f0d1a22014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301569- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1570 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1571
1572 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1573 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1574
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001575- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001576 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1577
1578 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1579
1580 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1581 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1582 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1583 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1584 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001585
1586- Video support:
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001587 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001588 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001589 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1590 support, and should also define these other macros:
1591
1592 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1593 CONFIG_VIDEO
1594 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1595 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1596 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1597 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1598 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1599 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1600
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001601 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1602 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
Fabio Estevam8eca9432016-04-02 11:53:18 -03001603 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001604 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001605
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001606- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1607
1608 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1609 display); also select one of the supported displays
1610 by defining one of these:
1611
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001612 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1613
1614 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1615
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001616 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001617
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001618 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001619
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001620 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001621
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001622 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1623 Active, color, single scan.
1624
1625 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1626
1627 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001628 Active, color, single scan.
1629
1630 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1631
1632 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1633 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1634
1635 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1636
1637 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1638 Active, color, single scan.
1639
1640 CONFIG_HLD1045
1641
1642 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1643 Active, color, single scan.
1644
1645 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1646
1647 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1648 or
1649 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1650 or
1651 Hitachi SP14Q002
1652
1653 320x240. Black & white.
1654
1655 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001656 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001657
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001658 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1659
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001660 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001661 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1662 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1663 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1664 a per-section basis.
1665
1666
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001667 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1668
1669 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1670 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1671 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1672 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1673 printed out.
1674 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1675 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1676 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1677 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1678 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1679 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1680 1 = 90 degree rotation
1681 2 = 180 degree rotation
1682 3 = 270 degree rotation
1683
1684 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1685 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1686
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001687 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1688
1689 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1690
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001691 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1692
1693 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1694 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1695
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001696- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001697
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001698 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1699 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1700 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001701 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001702 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1703 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1704 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1705 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001706
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001707 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1708
1709 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1710 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Fabio Estevamab5645f2016-03-23 12:46:12 -03001711 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001712 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1713 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1714 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1715 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1716 there is no need to set this option.
1717
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001718 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1719
1720 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1721 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1722 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1723 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1724 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1725 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1726
1727 Example:
1728 setenv splashpos m,m
1729 => image at center of screen
1730
1731 setenv splashpos 30,20
1732 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1733
1734 setenv splashpos -10,m
1735 => vertically centered image
1736 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1737
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001738- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1739
1740 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1741 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1742 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1743
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001744- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1745
1746 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1747 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1748 bmp command.
1749
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001750- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001751 CONFIG_GZIP
1752
1753 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1754
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001755 CONFIG_BZIP2
1756
1757 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1758 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1759 compressed images are supported.
1760
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001761 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001762 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001763 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001764
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001765 CONFIG_LZMA
1766
1767 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1768 images is included.
1769
1770 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1771 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1772 formula:
1773
1774 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1775
1776 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1777 and Literal pos bits.
1778
1779 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1780 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1781 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1782 a very small buffer.
1783
1784 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1785 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001786 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001787
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001788 CONFIG_LZO
1789
1790 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1791 is included.
1792
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001793- MII/PHY support:
1794 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1795
1796 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1797
1798 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1799
1800 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1801
1802 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1803
1804 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001805 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001806
1807 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1808
1809 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1810 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1811 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1812 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1813
1814 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1815
1816 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1817 command issued before MII status register can be read
1818
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001819- IP address:
1820 CONFIG_IPADDR
1821
1822 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001823 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001824 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001825 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001826
1827- Server IP address:
1828 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1829
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001830 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001831 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001832 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001833
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001834 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1835
1836 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1837 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1838
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001839- Gateway IP address:
1840 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1841
1842 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1843 default router where packets to other networks are
1844 sent to.
1845 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1846
1847- Subnet mask:
1848 CONFIG_NETMASK
1849
1850 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1851 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1852 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1853 forwarded through a router.
1854 (Environment variable "netmask")
1855
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001856- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1857 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1858
1859 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1860 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001861 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001862 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1863 multicast group.
1864
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001865- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1866 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1867
1868 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1869 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1870 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1871 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1872 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1873 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1874 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1875 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001876 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001877
1878 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1879 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1880 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1881 4th and following
1882 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1883
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02001884 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
1885
1886 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
1887 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
1888 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
1889 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
1890 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
1891 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
1892 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
1893 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
1894 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
1895 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
1896 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
1897 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
1898 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
1899 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
1900 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
1901
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001902- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001903 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1904 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001905
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001906 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1907 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1908 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1909 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1910 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1911 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1912 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1913 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1914 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1915 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1916 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1917 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001918 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001919
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001920 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1921 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001922
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001923 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1924 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1925 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1926 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1927 is not available.
1928
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001929 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1930 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1931 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1932 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1933 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1934 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1935 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001936 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001937
1938 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1939 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1940 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001941 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001942 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1943 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001944
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001945 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1946
1947 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1948 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1949 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1950 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1951 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1952 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1953 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1954 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1955 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1956 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1957 this delay.
1958
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001959 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1960 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1961 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1962 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1963 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1964
1965 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1966
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001967 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001968 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001969
1970 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1971
1972 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1973
1974 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1975 of the device.
1976
1977 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1978
1979 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1980 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001981 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001982
1983 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1984
1985 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1986 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1987
1988 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1989
1990 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1991
1992 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1993
1994 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1995
1996 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1997
1998 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1999
2000 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2001
2002 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2003 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2004
2005 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2006
2007 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2008
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02002009- Status LED: CONFIG_LED_STATUS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002010
2011 Several configurations allow to display the current
2012 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2013 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2014 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2015 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2016 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02002017 kernel). Defining CONFIG_LED_STATUS enables this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002018 feature in U-Boot.
2019
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002020 Additional options:
2021
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02002022 CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002023 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2024 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02002025 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002026 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2027
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002028 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2029 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2030 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2031 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2032 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2033 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2034
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002035- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2036
2037 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2038 on those systems that support this (optional)
2039 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2040
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002041- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002042
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002043 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2044 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2045 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2046 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2047 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2048 interface.
2049
2050 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002051 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2052 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2053 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2054 for defining speed and slave address
2055 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2056 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2057 for defining speed and slave address
2058 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2059 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2060 for defining speed and slave address
2061 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2062 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2063 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002064
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002065 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2066 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2067 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2068 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2069 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2070 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002071 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002072 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2073 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2074 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2075 second bus.
2076
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002077 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002078 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2079 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2080 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002081
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002082 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2083 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2084 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2085 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2086
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002087 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2088 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002089 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
2090 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
2091 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
2092 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002093 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2094 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2095 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2096 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2097 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2098 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002099 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
2100 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002101 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002102 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2103
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002104 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2105 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2106 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2107
2108 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2109 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2110 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2111 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2112 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2113 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2114 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2115 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2116 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2117
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002118 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2119 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2120 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2121
2122 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2123 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2124 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2125 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2126 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2127 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2128 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2129 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2130 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2131 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002132 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002133
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002134 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2135 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2136 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2137 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2138 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2139 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2140 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2141 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2142 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2143 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2144 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2145 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2146
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002147 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2148 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2149 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2150 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2151
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302152 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2153 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2154 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2155 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2156 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2157
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002158 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2159 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2160 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2161 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2162 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2163 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2164 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2165 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2166 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2167 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2168 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2169 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2170 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2171 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach071be892015-10-28 11:46:22 +01002172 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
2173 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
2174 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
2175 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
2176 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
2177 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
2178 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
2179 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
2180 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002181
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002182 additional defines:
2183
2184 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06002185 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use.
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002186
2187 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2188 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2189 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2190 omit this define.
2191
2192 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2193 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2194 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2195 define.
2196
2197 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002198 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002199 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2200 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2201 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2202
2203 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2204 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2205 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2206 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2207 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2208 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2209 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2210 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2211 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2212 }
2213
2214 which defines
2215 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002216 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2217 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2218 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2219 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2220 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002221 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002222 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2223 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002224
2225 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2226
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002227- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002228
2229 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2230 provides the following compelling advantages:
2231
2232 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2233 - approved multibus support
2234 - better i2c mux support
2235
2236 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2237
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002238 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2239 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2240 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002241
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002242 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002243 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002244 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2245 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002246 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002247
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002248 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002249
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002250 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002251 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002252
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002253 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002254 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002255 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002256 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002257
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002258 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002259 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002260 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2261 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2262 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002263
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002264 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2265
2266 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2267 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2268 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2269 commands until the slave device responds.
2270
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002271 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002272
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002273 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002274 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2275 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002276
2277 I2C_INIT
2278
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002279 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002280 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002281
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002282 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002283
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002284 I2C_PORT
2285
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002286 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2287 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2288 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002289
2290 I2C_ACTIVE
2291
2292 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2293 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2294 define can be null.
2295
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002296 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2297
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002298 I2C_TRISTATE
2299
2300 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2301 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2302 define can be null.
2303
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002304 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2305
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002306 I2C_READ
2307
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002308 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2309 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002310
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002311 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2312
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002313 I2C_SDA(bit)
2314
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002315 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2316 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002317
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002318 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002319 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002320 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002321
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002322 I2C_SCL(bit)
2323
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002324 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2325 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002326
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002327 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002328 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002329 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002330
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002331 I2C_DELAY
2332
2333 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2334 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002335 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002336 like:
2337
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002338 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002339
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002340 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2341
2342 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2343 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2344 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2345 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2346
2347 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2348 the generic GPIO functions.
2349
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002350 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002351
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002352 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2353 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2354 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2355 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2356 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2357 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2358 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2359 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002360
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002361 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2362
2363 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2364 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2365 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2366 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2367 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2368 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2369 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2370 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2371
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002372 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2373
2374 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2375 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2376 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2377
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002378 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2379
2380 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002381 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2382 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002383 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2384
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002385 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002386
2387 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002388 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002389 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2390 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002391
2392 e.g.
2393 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002394 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002395
2396 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2397
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002398 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06002399 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002400
2401 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2402
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002403 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002404
2405 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2406 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2407
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002408 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002409
2410 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2411 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2412
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002413 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002414
2415 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2416 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2417
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002418 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002419
2420 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2421 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2422 specified DTT device.
2423
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002424 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2425
2426 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2427 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2428 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2429 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2430 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2431 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2432 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002433
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002434- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2435
2436 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2437 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2438 D/As on the SACSng board)
2439
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002440 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2441
2442 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2443 only SH7757 is supported.
2444
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002445 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2446
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002447 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2448 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2449 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2450 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2451 defined, the board configuration must define several
2452 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2453 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002454
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002455 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2456
2457 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2458 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2459 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002460 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002461 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2462
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002463 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2464
2465 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002466 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002467
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002468 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2469 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2470 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2471
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002472- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2473
2474 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2475
2476 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2477
2478 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2479 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2480
2481 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2482
2483 Enables support for FPGA family.
2484 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2485
2486 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002487
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002488 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002489
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302490 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2491
2492 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2493
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002494 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2495
2496 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2497
2498 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2499
2500 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2501 (Xilinx only)
2502
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002503 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002504
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002505 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002506
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002507 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002508
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002509 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2510 status by the configuration function. This option
2511 will require a board or device specific function to
2512 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002513
2514 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2515
2516 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2517 configuration driver.
2518
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002519 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002520 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2521
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002522 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002523
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002524 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2525 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2526 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2527 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002528
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002529 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002530
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002531 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2532 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002533 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002534 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002535
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002536 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002537
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002538 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002539 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002540
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002541 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002542
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002543 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002544 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002545
2546- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002547 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2548
2549 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2550 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2551 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2552 special image will be automatically built upon calling
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06002553 make / buildman.
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002554
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002555 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2556
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002557 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2558 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002559
2560- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2561
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002562 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2563 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002564 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002565 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2566 protects these variables from casual modification by
2567 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2568 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002569 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002570
2571 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2572 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002573 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002574 these parameters.
2575
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002576 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2577 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002578 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002579 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2580 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2581 read-only.]
2582
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002583 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2584 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2585 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2586 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2587
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002588- Protected RAM:
2589 CONFIG_PRAM
2590
2591 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2592 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2593 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2594 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2595 this default value by defining an environment
2596 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2597 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2598 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2599 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2600 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2601 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2602 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2603
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002604 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002605 saveenv
2606
2607 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2608 either, which results in a memory region that will
2609 not be affected by reboots.
2610
2611 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2612 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2613 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2614 following board configurations are known to be
2615 "pRAM-clean":
2616
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002617 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2618 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002619 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002620
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002621- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2622 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2623 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2624 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2625 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2626 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2627 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2628
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002629- Error Recovery:
2630 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2631
2632 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2633 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2634 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002635 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002636 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2637 useful during development since you can try to debug
2638 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2639
2640 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2641
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002642 This variable defines the number of retries for
2643 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2644 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2645 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002646
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002647 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2648
2649 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2650
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002651 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2652
2653 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2654 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2655 try longer timeout such as
2656 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2657
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002658- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002659 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002660
2661 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2662
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002663 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002664
2665 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2666 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2667 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2668
2669 Note:
2670
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002671 In the current implementation, the local variables
2672 space and global environment variables space are
2673 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2674 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2675 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2676 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2677 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002678
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002679 Global environment variables are those you use
2680 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2681 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2682 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002683
2684 To store commands and special characters in a
2685 variable, please use double quotation marks
2686 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2687 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2688 symbols.
2689
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002690- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002691 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2692
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002693 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002694 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002695
Marek Vasutf3b267b2016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002696- Command Line PS1/PS2 support:
2697 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2698
2699 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2700 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2701 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2702 and PS2.
2703
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002704- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002705 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2706
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002707 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2708 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002709 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002710
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002711 For example, place something like this in your
2712 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002713
2714 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2715 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2716 "myvar2=value2\0"
2717
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002718 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2719 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2720 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2721 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002722 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002723 You better know what you are doing here.
2724
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002725 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2726 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002727 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002728 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002729
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002730 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2731
2732 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2733 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2734 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2735
2736 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2737
2738 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2739 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2740 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2741 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2742 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2743
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002744 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2745
2746 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2747 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2748 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2749
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002750 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2751
2752 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002753 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002754 that so that the environment is not available until
2755 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2756 this is instead controlled by the value of
2757 /config/load-environment.
2758
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002759- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002760 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2761
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002762 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2763 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2764 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002765
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002766- Serial Flash support
2767 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2768
2769 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2770 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2771
2772 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2773 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2774 commands.
2775
2776 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2777 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2778 flash is present on the system.
2779
2780 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2781 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2782 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2783 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2784
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002785 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2786
2787 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2788 test ('sf test').
2789
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302790 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2791
2792 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2793 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002794 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302795
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002796- SystemACE Support:
2797 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2798
2799 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2800 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002801 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002802 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002803
2804 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002805 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002806
2807 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2808 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2809
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002810- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2811 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2812
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002813 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002814 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002815 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002816 number generator is used.
2817
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002818 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2819 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2820 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2821
2822 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002823 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2824 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2825 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2826 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2827 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2828 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2829
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002830- Hashing support:
2831 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2832
2833 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2834 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2835
2836 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2837
2838 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2839 size a little.
2840
gaurav rana94e3c8c2015-02-20 12:51:46 +05302841 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1
2842 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
2843 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using
2844 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
2845 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration
2846 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing.
2847 This affects the 'hash' command and also the
2848 hash_lookup_algo() function.
2849 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables
2850 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing.
2851 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing
2852 is performed in hardware.
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002853
2854 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2855 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2856
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002857- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2858 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2859 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2860 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2861
2862 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2863 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2864 a boot from specific media.
2865
2866 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2867 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2868 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2869 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2870 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2871
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002872- bootcount support:
2873 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2874
2875 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2876 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2877
2878 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2879 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
2880 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
2881 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
2882 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2883 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2884 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2885 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2886 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2887 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2888 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2889 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2890 the bootcounter.
2891 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002892
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002893- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002894 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2895
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002896 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2897 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2898 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2899 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2900 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2901 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002902
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002903
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002904Legacy uImage format:
2905
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002906 Arg Where When
2907 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002908 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002909 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002910 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002911 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002912 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002913 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2914 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2915 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002916 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002917 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2918 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2919 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2920 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002921 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002922 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002923
2924 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2925 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2926 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2927 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2928 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2929 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2930 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002931 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002932 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2933 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2934
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002935 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002936
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002937 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002938 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2939 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002940
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002941 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2942 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2943 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2944 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2945 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2946 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2947 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2948 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2949 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2950 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2951 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2952 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2953 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2954 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2955 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2956 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2957 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2958 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2959 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2960 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2961 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2962 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2963 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2964 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2965 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2966 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2967 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2968 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2969 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2970 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2971 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2972 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2973 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2974 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2975 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2976 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2977 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2978 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2979 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2980 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2981 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2982 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2983 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2984 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2985 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2986 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2987 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002988
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002989 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002990
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002991 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002992 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2993 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002994
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002995 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05002996 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
2997 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
2998 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002999 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3000 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003001 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3002 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003003 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003004
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003005FIT uImage format:
3006
3007 Arg Where When
3008 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3009 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3010 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3011 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3012 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3013 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003014 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003015 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3016 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3017 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3018 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3019 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003020 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3021 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003022 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3023 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3024 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3025 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3026 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3027 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3028 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3029 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3030
3031 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3032 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3033 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003034 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003035 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3036 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3037 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3038 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3039 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3040 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3041 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3042 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3043 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3044 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3045 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3046 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3047
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003048 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003049 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3050
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003051 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003052 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3053
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003054 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003055 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3056
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003057- legacy image format:
3058 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3059 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3060
3061 Default:
3062 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3063
3064 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3065 disable the legacy image format
3066
3067 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3068 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3069
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003070- FIT image support:
Dirk Eibach9a4f4792014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003071 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3072 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3073 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3074 with this option.
3075
Simon Glass73223f02016-02-22 22:55:43 -07003076 TODO(sjg@chromium.org): Adjust this option to be positive,
3077 and move it to Kconfig
3078
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003079- Standalone program support:
3080 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3081
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003082 This option defines a board specific value for the
3083 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3084 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003085 settings.
3086
3087- Frame Buffer Address:
3088 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3089
3090 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003091 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3092 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3093 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3094 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3095 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3096 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3097 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003098
3099 Please see board_init_f function.
3100
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003101- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3102 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3103 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3104 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3105
3106 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3107 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3108
3109- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3110 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3111
3112 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3113 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3114
3115 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3116
3117 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3118 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3119
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003120- UBI support
3121 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3122
3123 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3124 with the UBI flash translation layer
3125
3126 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3127
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003128 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3129
3130 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3131 warnings and errors enabled.
3132
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003133
3134 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3135 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3136 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3137 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3138 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3139 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3140
3141 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3142 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3143 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3144 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3145 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3146
3147 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06003148
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003149 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3150 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3151 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3152 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3153 flash), this value is ignored.
3154
3155 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3156 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3157 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3158 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3159 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3160 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3161
3162 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3163 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3164 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3165 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3166 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3167 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3168 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3169 partition.
3170
3171 default: 20
3172
3173 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3174 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3175 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3176 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3177 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3178 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3179 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3180 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3181 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3182 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3183 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3184 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3185
3186 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3187 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3188 without a fastmap.
3189 default: 0
3190
Heiko Schocher0195a7b2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02003191 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
3192 Enable UBI fastmap debug
3193 default: 0
3194
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003195- UBIFS support
3196 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3197
3198 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3199 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3200
3201 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3202
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003203 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3204
3205 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3206 warnings and errors enabled.
3207
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003208- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003209 CONFIG_SPL
3210 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003211
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003212 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3213 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3214
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003215 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3216 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3217 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3218 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003219 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003220 must not be both defined at the same time.
3221
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003222 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003223 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3224 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3225 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3226 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003227
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003228 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3229 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003230
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003231 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3232 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3233 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3234
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003235 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3236 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3237
3238 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003239 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3240 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3241 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003242 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003243 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003244
3245 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3246 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3247
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02003248 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3249 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
3250 loaded does not have a signature.
3251 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
3252 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
3253 will be caught.
3254 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
3255 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
3256 and thus should be skipped silently.
3257
Marek Vasute0727512016-04-29 00:44:55 +02003258 CONFIG_SPL_ABORT_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3259 When defined, SPL will proceed to another boot method
3260 if the image it has loaded does not have a signature.
3261
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003262 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3263 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3264 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3265 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3266
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003267 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3268 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam9ac4fc82015-11-12 12:30:19 -02003269 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
3270 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
3271 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003272
3273 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3274 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003275
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003276 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3277 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3278 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3279 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3280
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003281 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3282 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3283 See also: doc/README.falcon
3284
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003285 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3286 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3287 about the running system.
3288
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003289 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3290 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3291
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01003292 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3293 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3294 used in raw mode
3295
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003296 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3297 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3298 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3299
3300 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3301 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3302 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3303 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3304 (for falcon mode)
3305
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003306 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3307 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3308 used in fs mode
3309
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003310 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3311 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3312
3313 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003314 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003315 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003316
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003317 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003318 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003319 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003320
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003321 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3322 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3323 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3324 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3325 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3326
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303327 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3328 Avoid SPL relocation
3329
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003330 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3331 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3332 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3333
3334 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3335 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3336
3337 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3338 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3339
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003340 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003341 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3342 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003343
Thomas Gleixner6f4e7d32016-07-12 20:28:12 +02003344 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
3345 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
3346 loader
3347
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003348 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3349 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3350 if you need to save space.
3351
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003352 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3353 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3354 SPL binary.
3355
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003356 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3357 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3358 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3359 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3360 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3361 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003362 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003363
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303364 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3365 Add support NAND boot
3366
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003367 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003368 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3369
3370 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3371 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3372
3373 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3374 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003375
3376 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003377 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003378
3379 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3380 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003381 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003382
3383 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3384 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3385 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3386
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003387 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3388 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3389
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003390 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003391 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3392 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3393 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3394 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3395 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003396
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003397 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3398 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3399 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3400 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3401
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003402 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3403 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3404 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3405 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3406 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3407
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003408- TPL framework
3409 CONFIG_TPL
3410 Enable building of TPL globally.
3411
3412 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3413 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3414 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003415 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3416 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3417 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003418
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003419- Interrupt support (PPC):
3420
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003421 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3422 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003423 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003424 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003425 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003426 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003427 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003428 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3429 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3430 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003431
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003432
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003433Board initialization settings:
3434------------------------------
3435
3436During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3437to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3438before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3439following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3440architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3441typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3442
3443- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3444- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3445- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3446- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003447
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003448Configuration Settings:
3449-----------------------
3450
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003451- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3452 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3453
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003454- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003455 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3456
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003457- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3458 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3459
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003460- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003461 prompt for user input.
3462
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003463- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003464
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003465- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003466
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003467- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003468
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003469- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003470 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3471 booted
3472
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003473- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003474 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3475
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003476- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003477 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3478 simple memory test.
3479
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003480- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003481 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003482
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003483- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003484 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3485 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3486
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003487- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07003488 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003489 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
3490 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
3491 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07003492 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003493 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
3494 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
3495
York Sunaabd7dd2015-12-07 11:05:29 -08003496- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003497 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003498 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003499 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003500 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3501 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3502 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003503 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003504 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003505 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003506
3507 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3508 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3509 be touched.
3510
3511 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3512 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3513 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3514 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3515 problems.
3516
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003517- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003518 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3519
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003520- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003521 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3522
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003523- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003524 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3525
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003526- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003527 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3528 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003529 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003530 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003531
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003532- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003533 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3534 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3535 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3536 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003537
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003538- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003539 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3540
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003541- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3542 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3543 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3544 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3545 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3546 space.
3547
3548 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3549 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3550 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003551 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003552 U-Boot relocates itself.
3553
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07003554- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3555 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3556 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3557 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3558
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07003559- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3560 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3561 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3562 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3563 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3564 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3565 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3566 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3567 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3568 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3569 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3570 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3571 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3572 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3573 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3574 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3575
3576 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3577
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003578- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003579 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3580 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003581 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003582 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3583
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003584- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003585 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3586 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003587 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3588 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003589 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003590 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003591 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003592 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3593 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3594 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003595
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003596- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3597 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3598 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3599 is enabled.
3600
3601- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3602 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3603 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3604
3605- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3606 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3607 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3608
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003609- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003610 Max number of Flash memory banks
3611
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003612- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003613 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3614
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003615- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003616 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3617
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003618- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003619 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3620
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003621- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003622 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3623
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003624- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003625 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3626
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003627- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003628 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3629 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3630
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003631- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003632
3633 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3634 without this option such a download has to be
3635 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3636 copy from RAM to flash.
3637
3638 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3639 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003640 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3641 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003642 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3643
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003644- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003645 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003646 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3647
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003648- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003649 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3650 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003651
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003652- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3653 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3654 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3655 to the MTD layer.
3656
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003657- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003658 Use buffered writes to flash.
3659
3660- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3661 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3662 write commands.
3663
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003664- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003665 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3666 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3667 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3668 optionally available.
3669
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003670- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3671 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3672 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3673 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3674
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003675- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3676 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3677 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3678 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3679 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3680 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3681 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3682 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3683
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003684- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003685 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3686 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003687 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3688 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003689 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003690 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3691
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003692- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3693
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003694 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3695 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3696 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3697 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3698 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003699
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003700- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3701- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003702 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003703 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3704 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3705 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3706
3707 The format of the list is:
3708 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003709 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
3710 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003711 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3712 list = entry[,list]
3713
3714 The type attributes are:
3715 s - String (default)
3716 d - Decimal
3717 x - Hexadecimal
3718 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3719 i - IP address
3720 m - MAC address
3721
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003722 The access attributes are:
3723 a - Any (default)
3724 r - Read-only
3725 o - Write-once
3726 c - Change-default
3727
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003728 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3729 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003730 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003731
3732 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3733 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3734 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3735 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3736 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3737 ".flags" variable.
3738
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003739 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3740 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
3741 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
3742
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003743- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3744 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3745 access flags.
3746
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003747- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3748 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3749 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003750 the value can be calculated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003751
Gabe Black0d296cc2014-10-15 04:38:30 -06003752- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
3753 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
3754 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
3755 building U-Boot to enable this.
3756
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003757The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3758of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3759following configurations:
3760
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003761- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3762
3763 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3764 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3765
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003766- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003767
3768 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3769
3770 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3771 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3772 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3773 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3774 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3775 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3776 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3777 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3778 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3779 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3780 between U-Boot and the environment.
3781
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003782 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003783
3784 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3785 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3786 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3787 for this sector is given here.
3788
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003789 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003790
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003791 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003792
3793 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3794 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003795 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003796
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003797 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003798
3799 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3800
3801
3802 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3803 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3804 the environment.
3805
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003806 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003807
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003808 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003809 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003810 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3811 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3812
3813 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3814 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3815 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3816 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3817 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3818 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3819 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3820 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3821 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3822
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003823 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3824 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003825
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003826 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003827 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003828 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003829 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003830
3831BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3832source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3833accordingly!
3834
3835
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003836- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003837
3838 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3839 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3840 environment.
3841
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003842 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3843 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003844
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003845 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003846 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3847 can just be read and written to, without any special
3848 provision.
3849
3850BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003851in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003852console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003853U-Boot will hang.
3854
3855Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3856environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3857keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3858to save the current settings.
3859
3860
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003861- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003862
3863 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3864 device and a driver for it.
3865
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003866 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3867 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003868
3869 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3870 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3871
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003872 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003873 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3874 The default address is zero.
3875
Christian Gmeiner189d2572015-02-11 15:19:31 +01003876 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
3877 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
3878
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003879 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003880 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3881 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3882 would require six bits.
3883
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003884 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003885 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003886 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003887
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003888 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003889 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3890 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3891
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003892 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003893 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3894 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3895 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3896 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3897 byte chips.
3898
3899 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3900 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3901 in the chip address.
3902
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003903 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003904 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3905
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003906 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3907 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3908 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3909
3910 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3911 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3912 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3913 EEPROM. For example:
3914
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003915 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003916
3917 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3918 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003919
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003920- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003921
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003922 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003923 want to use for the environment.
3924
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003925 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3926 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3927 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003928
3929 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3930 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3931 at the specified address.
3932
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08003933- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
3934
3935 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
3936 want to use for the environment.
3937
3938 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3939 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3940
3941 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3942 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3943 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
3944
3945 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
3946
3947 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
3948
3949 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3950
3951 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
3952 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3953 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Simon Glass9dd05fb2016-10-02 18:00:58 -06003954 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08003955 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
3956
3957 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
3958 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
3959
3960 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
3961
3962 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
3963
3964 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
3965
3966 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
3967
3968 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
3969
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003970- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3971
3972 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3973 want to use for the local device's environment.
3974
3975 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3976 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3977
3978 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3979 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3980 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003981 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003982
3983BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3984"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003985environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3986but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003987
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003988- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003989
3990 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3991 for the environment.
3992
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003993 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3994 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003995
3996 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003997 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3998 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003999
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004000 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004001
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004002 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004003 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4004 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Simon Glass9dd05fb2016-10-02 18:00:58 -06004005 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004006 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004007
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004008 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4009
4010 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4011 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4012 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4013 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4014 the range to be avoided.
4015
4016 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4017
4018 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4019 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4020 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4021 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4022 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004023
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004024- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4025
4026 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4027 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4028 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4029
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004030- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4031
4032 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4033 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4034 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4035
4036 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4037
4038 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4039
4040 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4041
4042 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4043 environment in.
4044
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004045 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4046
4047 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4048 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4049 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4050
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004051 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4052 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4053
4054 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4055 when storing the env in UBI.
4056
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004057- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4058 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4059
4060 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4061
4062 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4063
Nicolae Rosia41987782016-11-21 17:33:58 +02004064 - FAT_ENV_DEVICE_AND_PART:
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004065
4066 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4067 be as following:
4068
4069 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4070 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4071 partition table.
4072 - "D:0": device D.
4073 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4074 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4075 table.
4076 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004077 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004078 partition table then means device D.
4079
4080 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4081
4082 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004083 environment.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004084
4085 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004086 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004087
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004088- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4089
4090 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4091 environment.
4092
4093 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4094
4095 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4096
4097 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4098
4099 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4100 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4101 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4102
4103 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4104 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4105
4106 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4107 area within the specified MMC device.
4108
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004109 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4110 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4111 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4112 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4113 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4114 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4115 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4116
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004117 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4118 MMC sector boundary.
4119
4120 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4121
4122 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4123 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4124 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4125 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4126
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004127 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4128 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4129
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004130 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4131 an MMC sector boundary.
4132
4133 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4134
4135 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4136 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4137 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4138
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004139- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004140
4141 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4142 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4143 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4144 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4145 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4146 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4147 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4148
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004149Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004150has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004151created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004152until then to read environment variables.
4153
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004154The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4155is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4156with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4157necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4158"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4159have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004160
4161Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4162the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004163use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004164
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004165- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004166 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004167
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004168 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004169 also needs to be defined.
4170
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004171- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004172 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004173
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004174- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4175 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4176 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4177 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4178 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4179 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4180
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004181- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4182 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4183 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4184 to do this.
4185
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004186- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4187 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4188 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4189 present.
4190
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004191- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4192 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4193 build system checks that the actual size does not
4194 exceed it.
4195
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004196Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004197---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004198
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004199- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004200 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4201
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004202- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004203 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004204
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004205 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4206 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4207 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004208
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004209- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4210 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4211 PowerPC SOCs.
4212
4213- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4214 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4215 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4216
4217 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4218 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4219
4220- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4221 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4222 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004223 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004224 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4225 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4226 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4227
4228 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4229 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4230
4231- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004232 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4233 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004234 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4235 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4236
4237- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4238 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4239 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4240 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4241
4242- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4243 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4244 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4245
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004246- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004247 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004248
4249 the default drive number (default value 0)
4250
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004251 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004252
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004253 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004254 (default value 1)
4255
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004256 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004257
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004258 defines the offset of register from address. It
4259 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004260 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004261
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004262 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4263 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004264 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004265
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004266 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004267 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4268 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004269 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004270 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004271
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004272- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4273 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4274 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4275 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4276 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4277 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004278 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004279
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004280- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004281 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004282 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004283
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004284- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004285
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004286 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004287 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4288 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4289 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4290 will become available only after programming the
4291 memory controller and running certain initialization
4292 sequences.
4293
4294 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4295 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4296 - MPC824X: data cache
4297 - PPC4xx: data cache
4298
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004299- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004300
4301 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004302 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4303 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004304 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004305 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Simon Glassacd51f92016-10-02 18:01:06 -06004306 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004307 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4308 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004309
4310 Note:
4311 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4312 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004313 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004314 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4315 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4316
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004317- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004318
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004319- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004320
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004321- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004322
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004323- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004324
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004325- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004326
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004327- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004328
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004329- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004330 SDRAM timing
4331
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004332- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004333 periodic timer for refresh
4334
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004335- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004336
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004337- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4338 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4339 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4340 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004341 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4342
4343- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004344 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4345 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004346 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4347
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004348- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4349 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004350 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4351 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4352
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004353- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004354 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4355 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4356
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004357- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004358 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4359 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4360
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004361- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004362 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4363 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4364
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004365- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004366 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4367 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4368 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4369 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004370
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004371- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4372 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4373 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4374 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4375 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4376 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4377 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4378 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004379 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004380
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004381- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4382 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4383 required.
4384
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004385- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004386 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004387 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4388 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4389 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4390 by coreboot or similar.
4391
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004392- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4393 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4394
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004395- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4396 Chip has SRIO or not
4397
4398- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4399 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4400
4401- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4402 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4403
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004404- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4405 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4406
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004407- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4408 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4409
4410- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4411 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4412
4413- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4414 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4415
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004416- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4417 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4418 a 16 bit bus.
4419 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004420 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004421 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004422 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004423
4424- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4425 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4426 a default value will be used.
4427
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004428- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004429 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4430 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4431
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004432 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4433 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4434
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004435- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004436 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4437 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4438 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004439
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004440- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4441 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4442 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4443 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4444 header files or board specific files.
4445
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004446- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4447 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4448
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08004449- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4450 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4451
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07004452- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4453 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4454
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004455- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004456 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4457 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004458
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004459- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4460 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4461
4462- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4463 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004464 to the given FEC; i. e.
4465 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004466 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4467
4468 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4469
4470- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4471 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4472 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4473
4474- CONFIG_RMII
4475 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4476 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4477 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4478
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004479- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4480 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4481 The syntax is:
4482
4483 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4484
4485 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4486 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4487 area should have.
4488
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004489- CONFIG_LOOPW
4490 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004491 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004492
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004493- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4494 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4495 "md/mw" commands.
4496 Examples:
4497
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004498 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004499 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4500
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004501 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004502 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4503
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004504 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004505 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004506
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004507- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004508 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004509 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4510 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4511 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004512
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004513 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4514 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4515 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4516 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004517
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06004518- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
4519 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
yeongjun Kim90211f72016-07-20 22:56:12 +09004520 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06004521 instruction cache) is still performed.
4522
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004523- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004524 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4525 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4526 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004527
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004528- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4529 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4530 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4531 It is loaded by the SPL.
4532
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004533- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4534 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4535 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4536 previous 4k of the .text section.
4537
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004538- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4539 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4540 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4541 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4542 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4543 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4544 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4545 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4546
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004547- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4548 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4549 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004550
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004551- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4552 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4553
4554 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004555
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004556- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4557 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4558
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004559- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4560 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4561 driver that uses this:
4562 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4563
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004564Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4565-----------------------------------
4566
4567The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4568loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4569This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4570are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4571within that device.
4572
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004573- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4574 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4575 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4576 is also specified.
4577
4578- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4579 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004580 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4581 is also specified.
4582
4583- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4584 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4585 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4586 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4587 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4588
4589- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4590 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4591 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4592 virtual address in NOR flash.
4593
4594- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4595 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4596 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4597
4598- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4599 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4600 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4601
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004602- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4603 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4604 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004605 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4606 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4607 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004608
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07004609Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
4610---------------------------------------------------------
4611The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
4612"firmware".
4613This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4614are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4615within that device.
4616
4617- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
4618 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
4619
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304620Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
4621-------------------------------------------
4622The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
4623"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
4624This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
4625
York Sunc0492142015-12-07 11:08:58 -08004626- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
4627 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304628
Paul Kocialkowskif3f431a2015-07-26 18:48:15 +02004629Reproducible builds
4630-------------------
4631
4632In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
4633process have to be set to a fixed value.
4634
4635This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
4636SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
4637option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
4638
4639SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
4640
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004641Building the Software:
4642======================
4643
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004644Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4645and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4646all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4647(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4648recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4649which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004650
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004651If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4652have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4653you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4654Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4655necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004656
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004657 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4658 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004659
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004660Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4661 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4662 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4663 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4664
4665 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4666
4667 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4668 be executed on computers running Windows.
4669
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004670U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4671sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004672is done by typing:
4673
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004674 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004675
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004676where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004677rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004678
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004679Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4680 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4681 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4682 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004683 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004684
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004685 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004686 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004687
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004688 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004689 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004690
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004691 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004692
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004693
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004694Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4695images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004696
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004697- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4698- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4699- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004700
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004701By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4702in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4703this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4704
47051. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4706
4707 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004708 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004709 make O=/tmp/build all
4710
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020047112. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004712
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02004713 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004714 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004715 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004716 make all
4717
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02004718Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004719variable.
4720
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004721
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004722Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4723for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4724native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004725
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004726
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004727If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4728to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4729steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004730
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +010047311. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004732 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +01004733 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
47342. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4735 your board.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000047363. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4737 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020047384. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000047395. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4740 to be installed on your target system.
47416. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4742 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004743
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004744
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004745Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4746==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004747
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004748If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4749or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004750provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4751the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004752official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004753
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004754But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4755cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004756the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06004757just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will
4758configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this
4759will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H'
4760for documentation.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004761
4762
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004763See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004764
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004765
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004766Monitor Commands - Overview:
4767============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004768
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004769go - start application at address 'addr'
4770run - run commands in an environment variable
4771bootm - boot application image from memory
4772bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004773bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004774tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4775 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4776 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004777tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004778rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4779diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4780loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4781loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4782md - memory display
4783mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4784nm - memory modify (constant address)
4785mw - memory write (fill)
4786cp - memory copy
4787cmp - memory compare
4788crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004789i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004790sspi - SPI utility commands
4791base - print or set address offset
4792printenv- print environment variables
4793setenv - set environment variables
4794saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4795protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4796erase - erase FLASH memory
4797flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004798nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004799bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4800iminfo - print header information for application image
4801coninfo - print console devices and informations
4802ide - IDE sub-system
4803loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004804loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004805mtest - simple RAM test
4806icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4807dcache - enable or disable data cache
4808reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4809echo - echo args to console
4810version - print monitor version
4811help - print online help
4812? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004813
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004814
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004815Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4816========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004817
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004818TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004819
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004820For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004821
4822
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004823Environment Variables:
4824======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004825
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004826U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4827can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004828
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004829Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4830"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4831without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4832environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4833working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4834environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004835
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004836Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4837
4838List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004839
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004840 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004842 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004843
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004844 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004845
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004846 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004847
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004848 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004849
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004850 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4851 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4852 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4853 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4854 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4855 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004856 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4857 bootm_mapsize.
4858
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004859 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004860 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4861 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4862 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4863 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4864 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4865 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004866
4867 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4868 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4869 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4870 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4871 environment variable.
4872
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004873 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4874 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4875 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4876
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004877 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4878 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4879 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4880 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004881
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004882 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4883 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4884 be automatically started (by internally calling
4885 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004886
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004887 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4888 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4889 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4890 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4891 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004892
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004893 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4894 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004895 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4896 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4897 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4898 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4899 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4900 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4901 access it during the boot procedure.
4902
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004903 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4904 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4905 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4906 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4907 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4908 must be accessible by the kernel.
4909
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004910 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4911 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4912 defined.
4913
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004914 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4915 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4916 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4917 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4918 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4919
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004920 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4921 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4922 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4923 is usually what you want since it allows for
4924 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4925 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004926 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004927 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4928 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4929 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4930 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004931
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004932 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4933 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4934 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4935 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4936 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4937 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004938
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004939 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004940
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004941 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4942 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4943 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4944 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4945 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4946 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4947 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004948
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004949 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004950
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004951 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4952 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004953
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004954 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004955
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004956 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004957
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004958 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004959
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004960 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004961
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004962 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004963
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004964 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004965
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004966 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4967 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004968
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004969 => setenv ethact FEC
4970 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4971 => setenv ethact SCC
4972 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004973
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004974 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4975 available network interfaces.
4976 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4977
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004978 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004979 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4980 When set to "once" the network operation will
4981 fail when all the available network interfaces
4982 are tried once without success.
4983 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4984 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004985
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004986 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004987
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004988 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004989 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4990 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4991 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4992 is silent.
4993
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004994 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004995 UDP source port.
4996
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004997 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004998 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4999
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005000 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5001 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5002
5003 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5004 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5005 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5006 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5007 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5008 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5009 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5010
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02005011 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
5012 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
5013 can happen during a single file transfer before that
5014 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
5015 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
5016 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
5017 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
5018
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005019 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005020 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005021 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005022
Alexandre Messier50768f52016-02-01 17:08:57 -05005023 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
5024 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
5025 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
5026 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
5027 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
5028
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005029The following image location variables contain the location of images
5030used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5031not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5032variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5033server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5034loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5035flash or offset in NAND flash.
5036
5037*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03005038boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005039boards use these variables for other purposes.
5040
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005041Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5042----- --------- ----------- --------------
5043u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5044Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5045device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5046ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005047
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005048The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5049updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5050depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005051
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005052 bootfile - see above
5053 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5054 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5055 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5056 hostname - Target hostname
5057 ipaddr - see above
5058 netmask - Subnet Mask
5059 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5060 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005061
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005062
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005063There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005064
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005065 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5066 as type string and/or serial number
5067 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005068
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005069These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5070the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5071once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005072
5073
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005074Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005075
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005076 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5077 with the "version" command. This variable is
5078 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005079
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005080
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005081Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5082only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005083
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005084
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005085Callback functions for environment variables:
5086---------------------------------------------
5087
5088For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005089when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005090be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5091deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5092effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5093
5094The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5095U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5096
5097These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5098static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5099in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5100associations. The list must be in the following format:
5101
5102 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5103 list = entry[,list]
5104
5105If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5106Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5107
5108Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5109with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5110override any association in the static list. You can define
5111CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005112".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005113
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05005114If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
5115regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
5116the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
5117
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005118
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005119Command Line Parsing:
5120=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005121
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005122There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5123the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005124
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005125Old, simple command line parser:
5126--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005127
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005128- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5129- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005130- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005131- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5132 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005133 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005134- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5135 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005136
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005137Hush shell:
5138-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005139
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005140- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5141 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5142 until...do...done, ...
5143- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5144 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5145 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5146 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005147
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005148General rules:
5149--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005150
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005151(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5152 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5153 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5154 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005155
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005156(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005157 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005158 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5159 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005160
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005161Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5162=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005163
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005164Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005165such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5166"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005167
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005168Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5169MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5170"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005171
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005172If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5173in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5174ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5175variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005176
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005177o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5178 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005179
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005180o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5181 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5182 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005183
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005184o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5185 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005186
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005187o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5188 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5189 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005190
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005191o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05005192 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
5193 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005194
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005195If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005196will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005197may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5198The naming convention is as follows:
5199"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005200
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005201Image Formats:
5202==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005203
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005204U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5205images in two formats:
5206
5207New uImage format (FIT)
5208-----------------------
5209
5210Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5211to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5212components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5213SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5214
5215
5216Old uImage format
5217-----------------
5218
5219Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5220preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5221details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005222
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005223* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5224 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005225 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5226 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5227 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005228* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005229 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5230 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005231* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5232* Load Address
5233* Entry Point
5234* Image Name
5235* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005236
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005237The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5238and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5239CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005240
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005241
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005242Linux Support:
5243==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005244
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005245Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5246easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5247U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005248
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005249U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5250special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5251"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5252instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5253serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005254
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005255- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5256 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5257 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005258
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005259- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5260 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005261
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005262- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5263 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5264 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5265 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5266 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5267 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005268
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005269
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005270Linux HOWTO:
5271============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005272
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005273Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5274---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005275
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005276U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5277configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5278(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5279Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005280
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005281But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005282
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005283Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5284include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005285Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5286and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005287as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005288
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005289Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5290If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5291is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5292doc/driver-model.
5293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005294
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005295Configuring the Linux kernel:
5296-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005297
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005298No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5299device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005300
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005301
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005302Building a Linux Image:
5303-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005304
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005305With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5306not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5307"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5308U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5309which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5310100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005311
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005312Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005313
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005314 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005315 make oldconfig
5316 make dep
5317 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005318
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005319The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5320encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5321CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005322
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005323* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005324
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005325* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005326
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005327 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5328 -R .note -R .comment \
5329 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005330
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005331* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005332
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005333 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005334
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005335* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005336
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005337 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5338 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5339 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005340
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005341
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005342The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5343with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5344combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5345byte header containing information about target architecture,
5346operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5347stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005348
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005349"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5350print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005351
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005352In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5353contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5354checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005355
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005356 tools/mkimage -l image
5357 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005358
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005359The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5360from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005361
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005362 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5363 -n name -d data_file image
5364 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5365 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5366 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5367 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5368 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5369 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5370 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5371 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005372
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005373Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5374address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5375kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005376
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005377- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5378- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005379
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005380So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005381
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005382 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5383 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005384 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005385 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5386 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5387 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5388 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5389 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5390 Load Address: 0x00000000
5391 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005392
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005393To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005394
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005395 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5396 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5397 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5398 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5399 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5400 Load Address: 0x00000000
5401 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005402
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005403NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5404speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5405needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5406need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005407
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005408 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005409 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5410 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005411 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005412 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5413 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5414 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5415 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5416 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5417 Load Address: 0x00000000
5418 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005419
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005420
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005421Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5422when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005423
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005424 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5425 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5426 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5427 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5428 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5429 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5430 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5431 Load Address: 0x00000000
5432 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005433
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005434The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5435option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5436option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5437from the image:
5438
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02005439 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5440 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5441 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5442 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005443
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005444
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005445Installing a Linux Image:
5446-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005447
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005448To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5449you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005450
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005451 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005452
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005453The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5454image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5455address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5456specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5457command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005458
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005459Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5460TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005461
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005462 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005463
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005464 .......... done
5465 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005466
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005467 => loads 40100000
5468 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5469 ~>examples/image.srec
5470 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5471 ...
5472 15989 15990 15991 15992
5473 [file transfer complete]
5474 [connected]
5475 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005476
5477
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005478You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005479this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005480corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005481
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005482 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005483
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005484 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5485 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5486 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5487 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5488 Load Address: 00000000
5489 Entry Point: 0000000c
5490 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005491
5492
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005493Boot Linux:
5494-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005495
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005496The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5497memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5498of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5499parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5500"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005501
5502
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005503 => printenv bootargs
5504 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005505
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005506 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005507
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005508 => printenv bootargs
5509 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005510
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005511 => bootm 40020000
5512 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5513 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5514 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5515 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5516 Load Address: 00000000
5517 Entry Point: 0000000c
5518 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5519 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5520 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5521 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5522 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5523 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5524 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5525 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005526
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005527If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005528the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5529format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005530
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005531 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005532
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005533 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5534 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5535 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5536 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5537 Load Address: 00000000
5538 Entry Point: 0000000c
5539 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005540
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005541 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5542 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5543 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5544 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5545 Load Address: 00000000
5546 Entry Point: 00000000
5547 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005548
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005549 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5550 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5551 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5552 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5553 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5554 Load Address: 00000000
5555 Entry Point: 0000000c
5556 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5557 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5558 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5559 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5560 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5561 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5562 Load Address: 00000000
5563 Entry Point: 00000000
5564 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5565 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5566 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5567 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5568 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5569 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5570 ...
5571 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5572 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005573
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005574 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005575
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005576Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5577-----------
5578
5579First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5580titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5581following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5582flat device tree:
5583
5584=> print oftaddr
5585oftaddr=0x300000
5586=> print oft
5587oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5588=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5589Speed: 1000, full duplex
5590Using TSEC0 device
5591TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5592Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5593Load address: 0x300000
5594Loading: #
5595done
5596Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5597=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5598Speed: 1000, full duplex
5599Using TSEC0 device
5600TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5601Filename 'uImage'.
5602Load address: 0x200000
5603Loading:############
5604done
5605Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5606=> print loadaddr
5607loadaddr=200000
5608=> print oftaddr
5609oftaddr=0x300000
5610=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5611## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005612 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5613 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5614 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005615 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005616 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005617 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5618 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5619Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5620Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5621Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5622[snip]
5623
5624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005625More About U-Boot Image Types:
5626------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005627
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005628U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005629
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005630 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5631 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5632 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5633 the Standalone Program.
5634 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5635 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5636 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5637 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5638 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5639 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5640 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5641 being started.
5642 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5643 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5644 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5645 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5646 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5647 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005649 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5650 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5651 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5652 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5653 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5654 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005655
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005656 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5657 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5658 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005659
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005660 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5661 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5662 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5663 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005664
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005665Booting the Linux zImage:
5666-------------------------
5667
5668On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5669using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5670as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5671
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005672Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005673kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5674address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5675format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5676
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005677
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005678Standalone HOWTO:
5679=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005680
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005681One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5682run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5683U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005684
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005685Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005686
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005687"Hello World" Demo:
5688-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005689
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005690'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5691application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5692It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5693like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005694
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005695 => loads
5696 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5697 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5698 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5699 [file transfer complete]
5700 [connected]
5701 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005702
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005703 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5704 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5705 Hello World
5706 argc = 7
5707 argv[0] = "40004"
5708 argv[1] = "Hello"
5709 argv[2] = "World!"
5710 argv[3] = "This"
5711 argv[4] = "is"
5712 argv[5] = "a"
5713 argv[6] = "test."
5714 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5715 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005716
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005717 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005718
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005719Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5720handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5721Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5722The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5723character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5724controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005725
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005726 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5727 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5728 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5729 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005730
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005731 => loads
5732 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5733 ~>examples/timer.srec
5734 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5735 [file transfer complete]
5736 [connected]
5737 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005738
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005739 => go 40004
5740 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5741 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5742 Using timer 1
5743 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005744
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005745Hit 'b':
5746 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5747 Enabling timer
5748Hit '?':
5749 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5750 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5751Hit '?':
5752 [q, b, e, ?] .
5753 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5754Hit '?':
5755 [q, b, e, ?] .
5756 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5757Hit '?':
5758 [q, b, e, ?] .
5759 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5760Hit 'e':
5761 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5762Hit 'q':
5763 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005764
5765
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005766Minicom warning:
5767================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005768
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005769Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5770"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5771consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5772Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5773especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005774use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5775http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5776for help with kermit.
5777
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005778
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005779Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5780configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005782 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5783 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5784 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005785
5786
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005787NetBSD Notes:
5788=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005789
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005790Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5791(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005792
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005793Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5794NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5795need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5796Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5797attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5798missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005799
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005800 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5801 # mkdir powerpc
5802 # ln -s powerpc machine
5803 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5804 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005805
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005806Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5807and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005809Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5810stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5811proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5812tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005813meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005814
5815
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005816Implementation Internals:
5817=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005818
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005819The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5820implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5821inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5822hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005823
5824
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005825Initial Stack, Global Data:
5826---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005827
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005828The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5829starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5830system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5831This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5832is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5833at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5834options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5835models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5836MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5837locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005838
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005839 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005840 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005842 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5843 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5844 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5845 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005846
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005847 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5848 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5849 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5850 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5851 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005852 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005853 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5854 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005855
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005856 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5857 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005858 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005859 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5860 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5861 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5862 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005863
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005864 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005865 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5866 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005867 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005868 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5869 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5870 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5871 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5872 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005873
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005874 -Chris Hallinan
5875 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005876
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005877It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5878code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005879
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005880* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5881 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005882
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005883* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005884 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5885 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005886
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005887* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5888 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005889
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005890Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005891normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005892turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5893simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5894functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5895functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5896the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5897place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5898reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005899
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005900When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5901relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5902GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005903
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005904For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5905 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005906 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005907 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5908 R5-R10: parameter passing
5909 R13: small data area pointer
5910 R30: GOT pointer
5911 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005912
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005913 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5914 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5915 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005916
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005917 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005918
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005919 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5920 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5921 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5922 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5923 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5924 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005925
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005926On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005927 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5928
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005929 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005930
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005931On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005932
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005933 R0: function argument word/integer result
5934 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005935 R9: platform specific
5936 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005937 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5938 R12: temporary workspace
5939 R13: stack pointer
5940 R14: link register
5941 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005942
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005943 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5944
5945 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005946
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005947On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5948 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5949
5950 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5951
5952 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5953 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5954
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005955On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5956
5957 R0-R1: argument/return
5958 R2-R5: argument
5959 R15: temporary register for assembler
5960 R16: trampoline register
5961 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5962 R29: global pointer (GP)
5963 R30: link register (LP)
5964 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5965 PC: program counter (PC)
5966
5967 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5968
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005969NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5970or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005971
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005972Memory Management:
5973------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005974
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005975U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5976MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005977
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005978The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5979controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5980memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5981physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005982
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005983U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5984TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5985booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5986to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005987memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005988configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5989Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005990
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005991Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5992of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005993
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005994So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5995this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005996
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005997 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5998 :
5999 0x0000 1FFF
6000 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6001 :
6002 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006003
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006004 :
6005 :
6006 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6007 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6008 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6009 :
6010 0x00FD FFFF
6011 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6012 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6013 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6014 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006015
6016
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006017System Initialization:
6018----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006019
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006020In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006021(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006022configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006023To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6024To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6025initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6026which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6027part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6028the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006029
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006030Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6031preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6032(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6033on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6034programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6035simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6036banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006037
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006038When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6039different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6040bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
60410x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6042contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006043
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006044Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6045and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6046Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6047pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006048
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006049Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6050until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6051running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6052new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006053
6054
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006055U-Boot Porting Guide:
6056----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006057
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006058[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6059list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006060
6061
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006062int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006063{
6064 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006065
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006066 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6067 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006068
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006069 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006070 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006071 return 0;
6072 }
6073
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006074 Download latest U-Boot source;
6075
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006076 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006077
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006078 if (clueless)
6079 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006080
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006081 while (learning) {
6082 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006083 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6084 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006085 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006086 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006087 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006088
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006089 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6090 Buy a BDI3000;
6091 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006092 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006093
6094 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6095 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6096 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6097 } else {
6098 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6099 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006100 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006101 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6102 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006103
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006104 while (!accepted) {
6105 while (!running) {
6106 do {
6107 Add / modify source code;
6108 } until (compiles);
6109 Debug;
6110 if (clueless)
6111 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6112 }
6113 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6114 if (reasonable critiques)
6115 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6116 else
6117 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006118 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006119
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006120 return 0;
6121}
6122
6123void no_more_time (int sig)
6124{
6125 hire_a_guru();
6126}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006127
6128
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006129Coding Standards:
6130-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006131
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006132All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006133coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006134"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006135
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006136Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6137MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006138reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006139sources.
6140
6141Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6142Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6143in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006144
6145Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6146- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006147- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006148- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006149- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006150- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6151
6152Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6153with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006154
6155
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006156Submitting Patches:
6157-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006158
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006159Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6160establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6161may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006162
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006163Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006164
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006165Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6166see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6167
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006168When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6169it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006170
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006171* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6172 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6173 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006174
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006175* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6176 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006178* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6179
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -05006180* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
6181 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006182
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006183* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6184 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006185
6186* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6187 document these in the README file.
6188
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006189* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6190 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006191 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006192 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6193 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006194
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006195 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6196 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6197 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006198
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006199 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6200 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6201 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6202 affected files).
6203
6204 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6205 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006206
6207* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6208 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6209
6210* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6211 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6212
6213
6214Notes:
6215
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06006216* Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006217 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6218 for any of the boards.
6219
6220* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6221 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6222 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6223
6224* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6225 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6226 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6227 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6228 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6229 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006230
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006231* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6232 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6233 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6234 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.